Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version
-- Select Location -- Academy Building- 2143 Main Street Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Cafeteria Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Gymnasium Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Meeting Room C Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Multi Purpose - Both Sides Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Multi Purpose 1 Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Multi Purpose 2 Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Skate Park Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Softball Field Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Teen Center Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Town Hall Flagpole Lawn Academy Building- 2143 Main Street - Town Hall Parking Lot Addison Bog Walk Addison Park Addison Park - Field 1-Softball Addison Park - Field 2-Softball Addison Park - Field 3-Soccer Addison Park - Field 4-Soccer Addison Park - Field 5-Soccer Addison Park - Pool & Splash Pad Addison Park - Tennis Court 1 Addison Park - Tennis Court 2 Arbor Acres-Open Space Blackledge Falls Buckingham Park Buckingham Park - Field 1-Soccer Buckingham Park - Field 2-Soccer Buckingham Park - Field 3-Softball Buckingham Park - Playground Butler Field Butler Field - Field 1-Baseball Butler Field - Field 2-Baseball Buttonball School Buttonball School - Cafeteria Buttonball School - Field 1-Lacrosse Buttonball School - Field 2-Softball Buttonball School - Gymnasium Center Green Chores Program Cider Mill Open Space Earle Park Eastbury Pond Eastbury School Eastbury School - Cafeteria Eastbury School - Field 1-Baseball Eastbury School - Field 2-Baseball Eastbury School - Field 3-Soccer Eastbury School - Gymnasium Eastbury School - Playground Ferry Landing Garden Plots GHS Open Gym ONLY Gideon Welles School Gideon Welles School - Auditorium Gideon Welles School - Cafeteria- (1029 Neipsic Road) Gideon Welles School - Field 1-Soccer Gideon Welles School - Field 2-Baseball Gideon Welles School - Field 3-Baseball Gideon Welles School - Gymnasium- (1029 Neipsic Road) Gideon Welles School - Gymnasium-Aux Glastonbury High School Glastonbury High School - Agriscience Driveway/Parking Lot Glastonbury High School - Auditorium Glastonbury High School - Cafeteria Glastonbury High School - Court #1 Glastonbury High School - Field 11-Lacrosse Glastonbury High School - Field 12-Lacrosse Glastonbury High School - Field 13-Lacrosse Glastonbury High School - Field 14-Lacrosse Glastonbury High School - Field-1-Football Glastonbury High School - Field-10-Softball Glastonbury High School - Field-2-Baseball Glastonbury High School - Field-3-Football Glastonbury High School - Field-4-Soccer Glastonbury High School - Field-5-Soccer Glastonbury High School - Field-6-Baseball Glastonbury High School - Field-7-Baseball Glastonbury High School - Field-8-Softball Glastonbury High School - Field-9-Softball Glastonbury High School - GHS Room F216 Glastonbury High School - Gym Glastonbury High School - Gym Lawn Area (Hubbard Street Side) Glastonbury High School - Indoor Swimming Pool Glastonbury High School - Outdoor Patio Glastonbury High School - Parking Lots Glastonbury High School - Tennis Courts 1-4 Glastonbury High School - Tennis Courts 5-8 Glastonbury High School - Track Grange Pool Grayledge Farm Open Space Great Pond Preserve Hebron Ave. School - Cafeteria Hebron Ave. School - Field 1- Soccer Hebron Ave. School - Field 2 - Softball Hebron Ave. School - Field 3 -Soccer Hebron Ave. School - Field 4 -Soccer Hebron Ave. School - Gymnasium High Street Park High Street Park - Field 1-Baseball High Street Park - Playground High Street Park - Volleyball Court Hopewell School Hopewell School - Gymnasium Hopewell School - Hopewell Bus Shed Hopewell School - Hopewell School - Baseball Hopewell School - Hopewell School - Cafeteria Hubbard Green Knox Lane Knox Lane - Field 1-Lacrosse Longo Farm Magnet School Magnet School - Cafeteria- (95 Oak Street) Magnet School - Field 1 - Soccer Magnet School - Gym Magnet School - Playscape Matson Hill Minnechaug Golf Naubuc School Naubuc School - Cafeteria Naubuc School - Field 1-Baseball Naubuc School - Field 2- Soccer Naubuc School - Gymnasium Nayaug School Nayaug School - Cafeteria Nayaug School - Field 1-Soccer Nayaug School - Field 2-Soccer Nayaug School - Field 3-Baseball Nayaug School - Gymnasium Nayaug School - Nayaug Playground Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Activity Room - All Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Activity Room A Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Activity Room B Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Arts & Crafts Room- 300 Welles Street Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Billiards Room Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Bocce Court Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Café Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Community Room -All Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Community Room A Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Community Room B Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Computer Lab Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Conference Room Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Exercise Room Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Fairgrounds Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Health & Wellness Room Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Kitchen Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Parking Lot Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Patio Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Pickleball Court Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - RiverFit Fitness Center Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Riverfront Fairgrounds Pavilion Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Special Activities Room Riverfront Community Center- 300 Welles Street - Workshop Riverfront Park Riverfront Park - Banquet Riverfront Park - Baseball Field Riverfront Park - Basketball Court Riverfront Park - Crew Wookout Room Riverfront Park - Dog Park Riverfront Park - Field 1 Soccer/LAX Riverfront Park - Field 2 Soccer/LAX Riverfront Park - Field 3 Soccer/Lax Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Y01 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Y02 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Y03 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Y04 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Z01 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Z02 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Z03 Riverfront Park - Outdoor Storage-Z04 Riverfront Park - Parking Lot Ross Field Ross Field - Field 1-Baseball Rotary Field Rotary Field - Field 1-Baseball Rotary Field - Field 2-Softball Rotary Field - Field 3-Soccer Shoddy Mill Preserve Smith Middle School Smith Middle School - Art Room Smith Middle School - Cafeteria Smith Middle School - Cafeteria Smith Middle School - Field 1-Soccer (Upper) Smith Middle School - Field 2-Soccer (Lower) Smith Middle School - Field 3-Baseball Smith Middle School - Gymnasium Smith Middle School - Gymnasium-Aux. Smith Middle School - Smith Multi-Use Trail Smith Middle School - Track Speaker Welles Chapman
to   
Show Location

Monday June 1, 2026
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 9:15am
9:15 AM - 11:45 AM	RAIN LOCATION - Skyhawks
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 10:15am
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, June 1: Oven Fried Chicken Legs Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
1:00 PM - 1:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Low Impact Gentle Pilates-Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro: May/June
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 2 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Special Olympics Track Practice
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Special Olympics Track Practice
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM	CPR Skill Evaluations
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Music & Arts Staff Meeting
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Commission on Aging Meeting
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sunstone Financial
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
7:30 PM - 9:30 PM	2025-2026 Open Gym Pre-Registration - June 2026 Volleyball Pre-Registration PICKLEBALL PRE-REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED! VOLLEYBALL PRE-REGISTRATION IS OPTIONAL BUT HIGHLY RECOMMENDED. Volleyball Open GymVolleyball open gym takes place on Mondays and Tuesdays at Smith Middle School from 7:30 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. in the auxiliary gymnasium. Both residents and non-residents are able to attend the program on both Monday and Tuesday nights. Pre-registration is optional but highly recommended. Drop-ins will be taken on a first come first serve basis. Pickleball Open GymThis program will be held twice a month and is dependent on school availability. Open gym calendars can be found below outlining specific dates that pickleball will be taking place. Pre-Registration Information With the popularity of pickleball programming, we will be requiring pre-registration. This will be required for both pass holders and daily registrants. Volleyball pre-registration is optional but highly recommended. Pre-registration will open the second to last Tuesday of every month. Please see the schedule below:October: Tuesday, September 23rd at 8:00 a.m.November: Tuesday, October 21st at 8:00 a.m.December: Tuesday, November 18th at 8:00 a.mJanuary: Tuesday, December 23rd at 8:00 a.m.February: Tuesday, January 20th at 8:00 a.m.March: Tuesday, February 17th at 8:00 a.m.April: Tuesday, March 24th at 8:00 a.m.May/June: Tuesday, April 21st at 8:00 a.m.If you need to cancel your pre-registered spot, please click HERE to submit a cancellation request. With the popularity of the sports, if you are aware you are unable to attend a specific open gym night you registered for, please be sure to fill out a form so your spot can be given to another participant. NOTE: Having an Open Gym membership pass does not carry benefits of registering for open gym prior to others. The only benefit of an open gym pass is not paying daily admission when going to open gym programming. Pre-registration opens at the same time for pass holders and non-pass holders. FOR DAILY FEE/MEMBERSHIP AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE OPEN GYM PROGRAM, PLEASE CLICK HERE. IF YOU HAVE AN OPEN GYM MEMBERSHIP AND ARE PRE-REGISTERING PLEASE NOTE: You will need to click through to the final check-out screen for the $0 balance to reflect.

Tuesday June 2, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- 9:35 AM Tuesday Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Rummikub
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, June 2: Glazed Ham Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Tap Dance: May/June
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Smartphones on the Road: Making your car smarter & safer
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Reserved
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:00 PM - 3:45 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Preschool Lessons Ages 3-4 (Tuesdays 3:00 p.m.) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
3:45 PM - 4:45 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Lessons All Levels Age 4+ (Tuesdays 3:45) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM	CPR Skill Evaluations
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:45 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Bronze Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Dog Obedience- Spring Classes - Family One Polite Dog Manners Spring 2026
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM	Camp Admin Training
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Extended Day Leadership Meeting
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6:50 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Med Admin & Epi Training
7:30 PM - 9:30 PM	2025-2026 Open Gym Pre-Registration - June 2026 Volleyball Pre-Registration PICKLEBALL PRE-REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED! VOLLEYBALL PRE-REGISTRATION IS OPTIONAL BUT HIGHLY RECOMMENDED. Volleyball Open GymVolleyball open gym takes place on Mondays and Tuesdays at Smith Middle School from 7:30 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. in the auxiliary gymnasium. Both residents and non-residents are able to attend the program on both Monday and Tuesday nights. Pre-registration is optional but highly recommended. Drop-ins will be taken on a first come first serve basis. Pickleball Open GymThis program will be held twice a month and is dependent on school availability. Open gym calendars can be found below outlining specific dates that pickleball will be taking place. Pre-Registration Information With the popularity of pickleball programming, we will be requiring pre-registration. This will be required for both pass holders and daily registrants. Volleyball pre-registration is optional but highly recommended. Pre-registration will open the second to last Tuesday of every month. Please see the schedule below:October: Tuesday, September 23rd at 8:00 a.m.November: Tuesday, October 21st at 8:00 a.m.December: Tuesday, November 18th at 8:00 a.mJanuary: Tuesday, December 23rd at 8:00 a.m.February: Tuesday, January 20th at 8:00 a.m.March: Tuesday, February 17th at 8:00 a.m.April: Tuesday, March 24th at 8:00 a.m.May/June: Tuesday, April 21st at 8:00 a.m.If you need to cancel your pre-registered spot, please click HERE to submit a cancellation request. With the popularity of the sports, if you are aware you are unable to attend a specific open gym night you registered for, please be sure to fill out a form so your spot can be given to another participant. NOTE: Having an Open Gym membership pass does not carry benefits of registering for open gym prior to others. The only benefit of an open gym pass is not paying daily admission when going to open gym programming. Pre-registration opens at the same time for pass holders and non-pass holders. FOR DAILY FEE/MEMBERSHIP AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE OPEN GYM PROGRAM, PLEASE CLICK HERE. IF YOU HAVE AN OPEN GYM MEMBERSHIP AND ARE PRE-REGISTERING PLEASE NOTE: You will need to click through to the final check-out screen for the $0 balance to reflect.

Wednesday June 3, 2026
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Under the Sea Party - 9:00 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Under the Sea Party - 9:00 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Wednesday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
10:15 AM - 11:15 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Under the Sea Party - 10:15 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
10:15 AM - 11:15 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Under the Sea Party - 10:15 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Wednesday, June 3: Beef Stroganoff Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:30 PM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Hormone Replacement Therapy: What You Should Know
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- May/June
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Lessons All Levels Age 4+ (Wednesdays 3:00) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	ASA End of Season Meeting
4:00 PM - 7:00 PM	ASA End of Season Meeting
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Neurodivergent Safety Resource Fair
4:05 PM - 5:05 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Lessons All Levels Age 5+ (Wednesdays 4:05) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Reserved
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Sunstone Financial
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:10 PM - 6:10 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Lessons All Levels Age 5+ (Wednesdays 5:10) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Wednesday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Wednesdays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Puzzle Palooza - Puzzle Palooza - June Join us for a fun puzzle making contest!  Come with a team of up to 4 people to finish a 500 piece puzzle.  Snacks and a prize for the winning team will be provided.One person from each team should register for the event.  Each registrant may bring up to 3 additional people to be on their team.Team captain who registers must be at least 18 years old but teams may consist of members 14+Each Team can win one prize per season.  Fall season runs Sept-Dec, Winter Season Jan-March and Spring Season April-June.  If the team that finishes first has already won a prize the second place team will be given the prize and so on.Correction from Brochure - Cost is $25/team.  Puzzle Palooza - JR EditionJoin us for Puzzle Palooza JR, where kids can team up with friends or family (up to 4 people per team) to complete a 300-piece puzzle. Teams may have up to 4 members of which 2 must be under 18 and one must be over 18. Enjoy snacks, laughter, and a friendly race to see who can finish first. A special prize awaits the winning team!
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Square Dancing
6:55 PM - 7:25 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Wednesdays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register

Thursday June 4, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Restorative Yoga- Thursday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Thursday, June 4: Pasta w/ Meat Sauce Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Intermediate Line Dancing: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Special Luncheons - Celebrate the Spirit of the Caribbean
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Summer Vacation Memory Poetry Workshop
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Beginner Line Dancing: May & June
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:30 PM - 4:45 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
4:15 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 2 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Special Olympics Track Practice
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Special Olympics Track Practice
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Thursday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi: May/June
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Boilermakers NE Apprenticeship
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Coaches Basketball Reservation

Friday June 5, 2026
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:10 AM - 8:55 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Advanced Strength - Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Perfect Patchwork Project with Marilyn- May/June
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Current Issues
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Cardio Drumming with Jeremy
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Friday, June 5: BBQ Pulled Pork on a Roll Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Camp Sunrise Volunteer Training
3:15 PM - 4:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
3:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Lifeguard CPR/First Aid Training
4:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Youth & Teen Center- Special Activities - AYTC Bowling Party The staff at the AYTC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center and portable basketball hoop. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE! Transportation is provided from Smith & Gideon. Sign up at the main office at Gideon or Smith. Daily admission fees will be collected at the Teen Center for those who do not have passes. Closed on school and Town holidays. New this year, digital passes can be purchased online and scanned for entry! Memberships can be purchased under "Memberships"; "Teen Center" or directly through this link:Glastonbury Parks, Recreation & Senior Services: Youth & Teen Center (myrec.com)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:10 PM - 5:10 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Lessons All Levels Age 5+ (Fridays 4:10) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Bronze Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League

Saturday June 6, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:55 AM	Tennis Lessons- Youth (Spring 2026) - Quick Start Tennis Lessons 8:00 a.m. (Spring 2026) Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM	School Events
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Beginner Skate Lessons Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 9:55 AM	Tennis Lessons- Youth (Spring 2026) - Levels 1, 2, 3 Tennis Lessons- 9:00 a.m. (Spring 2026) Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
9:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Achilles International Group Workouts
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Reserved
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:30 AM - 2:00 PM	Reserved
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Advanced Beginner Skate Lessons Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
10:00 AM - 10:55 AM	Tennis Lessons- Youth (Spring 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 Tennis Lessons- 10:00 a.m. (Spring 2026) Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:00 AM - 11:55 AM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Spring 2026) - Spring 2026 Adult Tennis Lessons Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette..All participants must provide their own racquet's.
11:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Saturday Movies
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Summer Camp Themed Book Launch
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM	School Events
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury River Runners
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Private Event
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Private Event

Sunday June 7, 2026
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 11:30 AM	CCCSL Soccer
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM	SS Isidore and Maria Parish Procession
10:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Private Event
11:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	School Events
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury

Monday June 8, 2026
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Dominoes Under the Pavillion
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 9:15 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 9:15 AM - Additional Child Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 9:15am
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 10:15 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 10:15 AM - Additional Child Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 10:15am
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 11:15 AM Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM	Playgroup Parties & Special Events - Pirate Cruise 11:15 AM - Additional Child Come celebrate the holidays in themed parties designed for children ages 1-5.  Each party will consist of a story, craft, games and a snack.  Children must be accompanied by a caregiver for the all events.St Patty, Bunny Hop & Under the Sea Party - Programs meets in the Academy Gym to begin with Free Play, a game and story, then move into the cafeteria/multipurpose room for the craft and snack/treat.Beach Party - Will meet in Academy Multipurpose Room.Summer Picnic - Will meet at JB Williams Park Little Sweeties DanceJoin us for a heart warming Valentine’s Day celebration for young children and a special adult! Enjoy making festive crafts, listening to a sweet story, dancing to fun music, and sharing a light snack with friends. Dress fancy or in your favorite Valentine colors and get ready for a morning filled with love, laughter, and joyful memories. Teddy Bear PicnicJoin us for a delightful Teddy Bear Picnic filled with fun, creativity, and imagination! Children will enjoy a magical day that includes Crafts, Story Time, Activities, Games and Making their very own Teddy Bear. Pack a blanket and get ready for an unforgettable day of smiles and snuggles. Perfect for young children and their favorite adult! Pirate CruiseJoin Glastonbury Parks & Recreation and Slip-A-Way tours on the high seas (aka Connecticut River) for a Pirate Adventure. We’ll hunt for treasure and sing pirate songs on a 45 minute cruise on a 30 foot pontoon boat.  Registration includes spot for one child and one adult.  If you wish to bring a second child you may register for a maximum of one additional child.  Registration for Under the Sea, Summer Picnic and Beach Party begins on Tuesday, March 10th.
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
1:00 PM - 1:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Low Impact Gentle Pilates-Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Camp Sunrise Volunteer Training
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro: May/June
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 2 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM	CPR Skill Evaluations
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Girl Scouts Troop #10822
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM	Rec Commission Meeting
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League

Tuesday June 9, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- 9:35 AM Tuesday Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga: May/June
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Rummikub
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Tap Dance: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Reserved
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
3:15 PM - 5:00 PM	Lifeguard MyRec Training
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:45 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Bronze Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Camp Sunrise Volunteer Training
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 9:15 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6:50 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register

Wednesday June 10, 2026
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Transition Academy Graduation
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Wednesday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Lessons- June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- May/June
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	All Camp Training
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	All Camp Training
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Reserved
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Private Event
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Wednesday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Wednesdays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Square Dancing
6:55 PM - 7:25 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Wednesdays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register

Thursday June 11, 2026
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Private Event
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	School Events
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 10:00 AM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Restorative Yoga- Thursday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Intermediate Line Dancing: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Preschool
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Beginner Line Dancing: May & June
3:30 PM - 4:45 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 4-9 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
4:15 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 2 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	GYFA Cheerleading Clinic
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Thursday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi: May/June
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	School Events
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Gold/Platinum/Diamond Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:15 PM - 8:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Quantum Cafe

Friday June 12, 2026
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:10 AM - 8:55 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Advanced Strength - Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:30 PM - 8:30 PM	GHS Athletics
2:45 PM - 9:30 PM	School Events
3:15 PM - 4:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Silver Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
3:15 PM - 5:00 PM	Lifeguard MyRec Training
3:30 PM - 8:00 PM	GEHMS PTO 5th Grade Graduation Party
3:30 PM - 8:00 PM	School Events
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM	GLL Softball
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Xcel Bronze Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
7:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Private Event

Saturday June 13, 2026
7:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Reserved
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	GHS Athletics
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
8:45 AM - 9:45 AM	Bootcamp Class for Local Mothers
8:45 AM - 9:30 PM	School Events
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Camp Discovery Training
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Advanced Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
10:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Saturday Movies
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Private Event
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury River Runners
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Private Event
6:30 PM - 10:30 PM	Square Dancing

Sunday June 14, 2026
8:00 AM - 11:30 AM	CCCSL Soccer
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
9:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
10:00 AM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
12:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Glastonbury Pride Event
12:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Glastonbury Pride Event
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury

Monday June 15, 2026
7:30 AM - 9:15 AM	Head Lifeguard Meetings
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Dominoes Under the Pavillion
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 9:15am
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 10:15am
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, June 15: Stuffed Sole Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
1:00 PM - 1:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Low Impact Gentle Pilates-Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - CT Museum Presentation: A History of LGBTQ Connecticut
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro: May/June
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Extended Day Behavior Management Training
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 2 Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Gymnastics Lessons and Team (Winter & Spring 2026) - Spring Team Level 3 (Option #2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well-trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	GLL Softball
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	FISH of Glastonbury

Tuesday June 16, 2026
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- 9:35 AM Tuesday Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga: May/June
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Rummikub
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, June 16: Pork Roast Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:00 PM - 4:30 PM	Private Event
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Tap Dance: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
4:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Playgrounds Staff Training
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 9:15 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6:50 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register

Wednesday June 17, 2026
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Private Event
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Wednesday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
10:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Medicare Counseling
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Newcomer's Social
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Wednesday, June 17: Stuffed Pasta w/ Meat Sauce Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Lessons- June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- May/June
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Camp Kickoff
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	MLK Initiative
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Private Event
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Wednesday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Wednesdays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Private Event
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Square Dancing
6:55 PM - 7:25 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Wednesdays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register

Thursday June 18, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Aquatics- CPR Training
8:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Lifeguard CPR/First Aid Training
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Restorative Yoga- Thursday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	CPR Skill Evaluations
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Book Discussion Group
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Thursday, June 18: Creamy Chicken w/ Olives Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Intermediate Line Dancing: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
1:00 PM - 3:15 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Juneteenth Film: Emancipation
2:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Free Intro to Yoga Class- June 18th
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Beginner Line Dancing: May & June
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
4:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM	Glastonbury Summer Lacrosse
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Thursday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi: May/June
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings

Friday June 19, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:10 AM - 8:55 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Advanced Strength - Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Friday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM	GLL Softball
4:30 PM - 10:30 PM	Loveland Wedding
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Goddard School Graduation

Saturday June 20, 2026
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Beginner Pickleball Lessons (8:30 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
8:45 AM - 9:45 AM	Bootcamp Class for Local Mothers
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Saturday Child Lessons - Levels 1,2,3 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Swimming Lessons- Adult Summer Session - Summer 2026 Adult Swimming Lessons It is never too late to learn to swim or fine tune your strokes! This program is for adults of all abilities.
9:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Achilles International Group Workouts
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Reserved
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Advanced Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
10:00 AM - 10:50 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Saturday Child Lessons - Levels 2, 3, 4 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Intermediate Pickleball Lessons (10:00 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:00 AM - 11:50 AM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Saturday Adult Lessons 11:00-11:50 a.m. Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
11:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Saturday Movies
11:30 AM - 12:55 PM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Beginner Pickleball Lessons (11:30 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
12:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Private Event
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Glastonbury River Runners
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Private Event

Sunday June 21, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
10:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury

Monday June 22, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
7:30 AM - 9:15 AM	Head Lifeguard Meetings
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Dominoes Under the Pavillion
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Skateboarding Camp Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Underground Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 9:15am
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
9:50 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Gentle Yoga- Mondays AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 10:15am
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, June 22: Swedish Meatballs Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
1:00 PM - 1:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Low Impact Gentle Pilates-Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Nature Lab Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro: May/June
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Mondays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Mondays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Ages 3 & 4 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
7:00 PM - 7:50 PM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!

Tuesday June 23, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Virtual - Morning Mat Pilates
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Skateboarding Camp Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Underground Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
9:35 AM - 10:35 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Morning Mat Pilates- 9:35 AM Tuesday Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga: May/June
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Rummikub
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Tuesdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, June 23: Chicken Cacciatore over Pasta Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Tap Dance: May/June
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Situational Awareness: Staying Safe in Your Community
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Nature Lab Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:45 PM - 7:45 PM	Glastonbury Summer Lacrosse
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Ages 3 & 4 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 9:15 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	FOGRI
6:50 PM - 7:35 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Tuesday 6:50 PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:50 PM - 7:50 PM	Child and Adult Fun Runs! - June 23rd Fun Run Grab your sneaks and run some extra miles! Children jog for one mile around the Smith Middle School Soccer Field. Adult courses are 1.0, 2.4 and 3.5 miles. Register at the Smith Middle School Upper Soccer Field  starting at 6:30 p.m., or pre-register below! Race begins at 6:50 p.m. Divisions include male and female 35 & up, 19-34, 15-18, 13-14, 10-12, 7-9 and 6 & under. Runs will be held on Tuesdays, June 23, June 30, July 7, July 14, July 21, July 28 and August 4. These events are FREE!BACK FOR 2026: Not interested in running, but want to get some exercise? Join us for a 0.5 mile walking course around Smith Middle School! Walk for Wellness on these 7 Tuesdays during the summer, all for FREE! Staff will not time participants who are doing the walking portion. Pre-registration is not required. Interested in being a proud partner of the Child and Adult Fun Runs? Email partner@glastonburyct.gov or visit www.glastonburyct.gov/partner for more information!

Wednesday June 24, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Town of Glastonbury- Staff Brunch
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Skateboarding Camp Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Underground Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Wednesday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Lessons- June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Nature Lab Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
1:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Glastonbury Town Band Concert
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Reserved
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Yoga- Wednesday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - ZUMBA - Wednesdays Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Ages 3 & 4 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Square Dancing
6:55 PM - 7:25 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Strength Training- Wednesdays PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
7:00 PM - 7:50 PM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Republican Town Committee

Thursday June 25, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Restorative Yoga- Thursday AM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Skateboarding Camp Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Underground Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Daytime Setback
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Thursday, June 25: Meatloaf Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Intermediate Line Dancing: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Creative Crafters
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Wii Bowling
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Nature Lab Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Beginner Line Dancing: May & June
4:00 PM - 5:30 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Chess Club
4:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Age 2 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Fitness - Spring Classes - Pilates - Thursday PM Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Pilates to Strength Training to Core and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for an In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. ZOOM link will be on your receipt!  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.   All Virtual Classes are taught by Personal Euphoria.  They require a waiver filled out yearly to participate please see attached form below for additional info.  America's 250th Fitness Challenge:  Celebrate the nation’s 250th anniversary by moving for America! During 2026, participants are invited to log 250 miles through walking, running, cycling, swimming, or any distance-based activity. Every mile counts as we honor 250 years of strength, perseverance, and progress. Track your journey, stay active, and join a town wide movement to reach 250 miles in America’s Semiquincentennial year, 2026!  Turn your completed tracking sheet in to Parks and Recreation Office for a FREE Shirt.CLICK HERE to register
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Skyhawks Pre-School Programs - Multi-Sport Tots - Ages 3 & 4 Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.Hoopster Tots: Learning basketball has never been more fun! These classes focus on dribbling, shot technique, passing and teamwork. Adjustable hoops and appropriately-sized basketballs are used to always provide just the right amount of challenge. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.Multi-Sport Tots: Introduce your little superstar to sports in our most popular program! This soccer & baseball class uses age-appropriate games and activities to explore balance, hand/eye coordination, fitness, sport skills and child development. Parent participation required for ages 2-3.5 years.
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi: May/June
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Mahjong Evenings
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.

Friday June 26, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Underground Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 1 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 9:15am
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Blood Pressure Screenings
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Perfect Patchwork Project with Marilyn- May/June
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June: 10:15am
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- May/June; 11:15am
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Friday, June 26: Sausage & Pepper Grinder Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Music and Arts Extended Day Trip
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bingo
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Nature Lab Explorers Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Private Event
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.

Saturday June 27, 2026
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:15 AM - 12:00 PM	A Team Athletics Baseball Camp
8:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Beginner Pickleball Lessons (8:30 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
8:45 AM - 9:45 AM	Bootcamp Class for Local Mothers
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Saturday Child Lessons - Levels 1,2,3 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Swimming Lessons- Adult Summer Session - Summer 2026 Adult Swimming Lessons It is never too late to learn to swim or fine tune your strokes! This program is for adults of all abilities.
9:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Achilles International Group Workouts
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Dr. Uke's Big Sing!
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
9:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 9:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
9:45 AM - 10:45 AM	Skate Park Information and Lessons - Advanced Beginner Skate Lessons (Summer 2026) Featuring Woodward skate equipment, the park boasts a 4’ half pipe, 2’, 3’, and 4’ quarter pipes, ramps, rails, and wedges!The Glastonbury Skate Park is open from dawn to dusk, 7 days a week, weather permitting. Please observe all posted signage and safety guidelines upon entering the park. Below is the guidelines posted at the park. Lessons and Camps are open to both Residents and Non-Residents. Skate LessonsBeginner Skate Lessons (9:00 a.m. - 9:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 5-7 years old)New skaters or those with limited ability are taught basic skills including balance, position, stopping, turning, falling techniques and safety. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Advanced Beginner Skate (9:45 a.m. - 10:45 a.m.)(Skateboarders ONLY ages 7 and up)Learn fundamentals and beginner maneuvers. Participants are taught how to properly ride each piece of equipment, proper falling techniques,balance and safety. As participants improve, airs, grinds, spins and tricks will be taught. All skaters MUST wear helmets. Other equipment is recommended, but optional.Intermediate Skate (10:45 a.m. - 11:45 a.m.) (Boys and Girls age 7 and up)Skaters learn advanced tricks and  maneuvers of skateboarding. Skaters taking this level must have several years of skating experience. Proper technique will be stressed. 360’s, 180’s, Ollies, 50-50’s, Kickflips, Shuvits, Grabbed Airs, Topsides, Negatives, Torques, Technical Grinds and special tricks will be practiced and critiquedSkateboarding Vacation Camp (Spring and Summer Only)Join us for a week of skating and excitement! We will go over all the basics of skateboarding including learning the parts of the board and all the ramps in a skatepark, with fun games and activities included! Great for all ages and anyone interested in riding a skateboard. This camp will include instruction for beginners such as riding the board, board control, and balance. As participants advance, instructors will teach flat ground tricks and hitting the ramps. Based on skill level, they will work up to ollies and other fun tricks! In the event of rain, program will be cancelled for that day. To register for April's Skateboarding Vacation Camp, please see April Vacation Programs.
10:00 AM - 10:50 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Saturday Child Lessons - Levels 2, 3, 4 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Intermediate Pickleball Lessons (10:00 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
10:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Music Together - Music Together - Spring Saturdays 10:15 AM An innovative approach to early childhood music learning based on the premise that all children are inherently musical. Children explore and express music alongside their most important role models; parents, caregivers and teachers. Nurture your child’s natural enthusiasm for music & movement during this early childhood stage of most rapid growth. Instructor is Little Hands in Harmony.  Join your favorite Music Together teachers for some musical magic with a wintery holiday theme. Jingle Jam will include singing, dancing, playing instruments and crafts for you and your little ones! Each semester, families receive a new Music Together® collection of songs with a CD, beautifully illustrated songbook, a downloadable app with access to all of your Music Together music to stream from your devices and filled with music-making ideas for spontaneous music play beyond the weekly classes. Also included are other print and online resources to help continue the music-making fun at home and nurture your child's musical growth.Spring Session - Sibling discount of $112 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.Summer Session - Sibling discount of $71 is applied automatically when you register a second child in your household.
11:00 AM - 11:50 AM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Saturday Adult Lessons 11:00-11:50 a.m. Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
11:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Saturday Movies
11:30 AM - 12:55 PM	Pickleball Lessons- Adult (Spring & Summer 2026) - Summer Beginner Pickleball Lessons (11:30 a.m. Class) (Riverfront Courts) (18+) Adult lessons are being offered outdoors on Saturday mornings. These classes will be held at the pickleball courts adjacent the Riverfront Community Center and Addison Park tennis courts.Lessons are for adult only ages 18 and up. There will are also classes specifically for age 60 and up.Beginner ClassesParticipants will learn how to effectively hit the ball, maintain a rally, keep score, the rules and basic game play. At the end of the session, participants will have a basic understanding of the game and be able to start playing pickle ball.Advance Beginner ClassesShould have completed the Beginner class or know how to volley, dink, serve understand the rules and court layout.Intermediate ClassesPlay to learn format where participants will be introduced to a new skill each class. Strong emphasis on “playing the kitchen line”, effective serving, non-volley transition, drop shots, etc. NOTE: All participants must provide their own pickleball paddle.PLEASE NOTE THAT THE FORMAT OF THIS CLASS HAS CHANGED FROM A 3-WEEK SESSION TO A 6-WEEK SESSION. PRICES ARE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.SPRING: ADDISON CLASS DATES ARE MOVED TO THURSDAYS DUE TO TENNIS COURT RENOVATION.
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League

Sunday June 28, 2026
6:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Glastonbury River Runners 5K Road Race
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Glastonbury Youth Lacrosse
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
9:00 AM - 10:00 PM	Reserved
10:00 AM - 2:30 PM	Reserved
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury

Monday June 29, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
7:30 AM - 9:15 AM	Head Lifeguard Meetings
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Dominoes Under the Pavillion
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Sports and Games Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 9:15am
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Knitting & Crocheting Group
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun; Mondays Only- May/June- 10:15am
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Monday, June 29: Eggplant Parmesan Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Cribbage
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Monday Movies
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Puzzle Palooza: Senior Edition
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Duplicate Bridge (Bridge II)
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
4:00 PM - 4:45 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Tai Chi Intro: May/June
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
7:00 PM - 7:50 PM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
7:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Reserved

Tuesday June 30, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Sports and Games Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Yoga: May/June
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Rummikub
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize: May/June
11:45 AM - 12:15 PM	Senior Center Lunch Program - Tuesday, June 30: Kielbasa & Sauerkraut Lunch program is designed to provide a place to meet new friends in a social setting, eat a nourishing meal and to keep you informed of current information effecting seniors. Menu is also available on: Lunch Service | Glastonbury, CT (glastonburyct.gov)
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Card & Game Open Play
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Chair Tap Dance: May/June
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Pinochle
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Reserved
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Senior Center Evening & Weekend Programs - Drop-In Indoor Pickleball
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 9:15 PM	2026 Summer Men's Basketball League - 2026 Summer Basketball League Sunday and/or Tuesday nights at Smith Middle School Main Gym from June 7 - August 2. Players are assigned to a team by the League Director. Every effort is made to place friends on the same team, but not guaranteed. Resident registration begins March 10 at 8:00 a.m., and non-resident registration beginning on March 24 at 8:00 a.m. Registration deadline is May 28th at noon, and maxed at 135 players. Residents are $100/player, and non-residents are $120/player. PLACEMENT ASSESSMENT: For all new players, please mark your calendar for Wednesday, June 3rd from 5:30 p.m. - 7:00 p.m. for a placement assessment. In order for our league director to create fair and balanced teams, we would like to get a sense of the skill level of new players. The placement assessment will take place at Smith Middle School in the main gym. You do not have to be at the assessment for the entire time. You may show up at any point during the 1.5 hour time slot. More information will be released at www.teamsideline.com/glastonbury
6:50 PM - 7:50 PM	Child and Adult Fun Runs! - June 30th Fun Run Grab your sneaks and run some extra miles! Children jog for one mile around the Smith Middle School Soccer Field. Adult courses are 1.0, 2.4 and 3.5 miles. Register at the Smith Middle School Upper Soccer Field  starting at 6:30 p.m., or pre-register below! Race begins at 6:50 p.m. Divisions include male and female 35 & up, 19-34, 15-18, 13-14, 10-12, 7-9 and 6 & under. Runs will be held on Tuesdays, June 23, June 30, July 7, July 14, July 21, July 28 and August 4. These events are FREE!BACK FOR 2026: Not interested in running, but want to get some exercise? Join us for a 0.5 mile walking course around Smith Middle School! Walk for Wellness on these 7 Tuesdays during the summer, all for FREE! Staff will not time participants who are doing the walking portion. Pre-registration is not required. Interested in being a proud partner of the Child and Adult Fun Runs? Email partner@glastonburyct.gov or visit www.glastonburyct.gov/partner for more information!

Wednesday July 1, 2026
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM	GHYMCA Camp Glawackus
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
8:00 AM - 4:30 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Billiards
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:15 AM - 8:20 AM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
8:20 AM - 8:25 AM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - GEHMS Playground Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1 SUMMER PLAYGROUND PROGRAM Children must have completed kindergarten! Playgrounds Camp is packed with adventure! Campers spend their days exploring the community on exciting field trips, cooling off with regular swimming outings, and enjoying a wide variety of fun, hands-on activities both on and off site. Each day offers something new, keeping campers active, engaged, and making memories all summer long.  Preview of Field Trips: Fun City, Urban Air (Waterbury), Bowl O Rama, Mystic Aquarium, Chuck E Cheese, Quassy, Science Center, Movies, Lessard Lanes, Lake Compounce*Detailed trip calendars will be released closer to the start of camp. PLAYGROUNDS JUNIORAn introduction to our Playgrounds program for ages 4-6.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the Pond and Splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due on May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay on May 15th or after.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Playgrounds include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and Camp Swimming Information must be filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Playgrounds Junior include: Camper Information Form, and Camp Permission Form. Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here!
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM	Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 1 A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split age groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ.  This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.NEW LOCATION @ Gideon Welles School.  Swim lessons will be held at Grange Pool.  Please see Parent Handbook attached below for more details! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group.  Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. NOTE:  We will again have the Navigators Group which falls between the Explorers and Pathfinders and will have children who have completed grades 1 and 2.  A week before each session we will move children who are registered for Explorers or Pathfinders into this group at the discretion of camp leadership. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30.  All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May.  Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program.  This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad.  Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home.  Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS Pay 50% deposit at the time of registration.  The full amount is due by May 14th.  A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th.  If full payment is not received by May 21st your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY!  Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, and, Camp Swimming Information, filled out for each camper you plan on registering.  Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form and Camp Permission Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 10th! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list!  We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bocce & Petanque Open Play
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 3-8) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Camp Sunrise 2026 - Camp Sunrise Week 2 (Ages 9-21) PROGRAM IS OPEN TO RESIDENTS OF GLASTONBURY, NEWINGTON, CROMWELL, ROCKY HILL AND WETHERSFIELD ONLY.CAMP SUNRISE is sponsored and operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments in Rocky Hill, Wethersfield, Newington, Glastonbury and Cromwell.  Camp runs for six weeks (one week sessions) from June 22-July 31 with a special 5 day Adventure Trip Camp session for campers ages 16+ from August 3-7 (transportation is not offered on these days). Hours are 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., Monday-Friday. The program will meet at the Smith Middle School Cafeteria. Each group participates in a variety of activity periods each day which include games, sports, art and crafts, nature walks and field trips. There will be no camp on July 4th. Dates are subject to change based on school cancelation days. A typical camp day consists of several planned activity periods throughout the day including sports, nature, arts and crafts and special events. Campers will swim at the Addison outdoor pool and your weekly schedule for camp will detail on which days your child swims. Please make sure your child brings a lunch every day (except where noted) and a towel and bathing suit on days they are swimming.Please Note: A 50% deposit for the weekly fee is required at the time of registration (unless you are receiving funding from an outside agency). Transportation (if selected) and Monday Lunch Bunch (if selected) must be paid in full at the time of registration.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Summer Enrichment and Sports Camps - Sports and Games Session 1 Get your creativity on with our summer enrichment and sports camps! Offerings include science, technology, engineering, art and sports programs. There truly is something for EVERYONE! All class descriptions can be found by clicking on the link below. Refund Policy: To avoid classes being canceled at the last minute due to insufficient enrollment and in order to accommodate waiting lists in a timely fashion, refund requests must be made no later than five (6) business days before the program begins. Refund requests will not be considered after this time unless accompanied by a doctor’s note.SKYHAWKS CAMPS IMPORTANT NOTICEDue to limited indoor space at the schools, the first session of Skyhawks' Mini Hawk program will be held outdoors at the Riverfront Community Center on the Fairgrounds. In the event of inclement weather—including rain, expected thunderstorms, or extreme heat—programs will be cancelled. Since cancellations may occur due to weather, we do not recommend this program for essential child care needs. An indoor space at the Riverfront Community Center will be available for restrooms and as a temporary shelter if unexpected weather arises. We will make every effort to announce cancellations in advance based on the forecast. Prorated refunds will be provided for any cancelled days. For alternative child care options, please explore our day camp options.
9:15 AM - 10:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- July/August- 9:15am
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 9:30-9:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 10:00-10:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Scopa: Italian Card Game
10:15 AM - 11:05 AM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- July/August- 10:15am
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Levels 2, 3, 4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 5 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:30-10:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 1 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 4 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:15 AM - 12:05 PM	Senior Center Fitness Programs - Fitness is Fun- W/F- July/August- 11:15am
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 0 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 2 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM	Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Level 3 11:30-11:55 Addison Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Lessons (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM	Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp 2026 - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2) Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Bridge
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Senior Center Cards, Games & Movies - Mahjong Wednesdays
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Arts, Crafts & Literature Programs - Pottery Workshop- July/August
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Gymnastics Rec Class Snack Time
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM	Senior Center Special Activities, Workshops, Services & Social Groups - Bereavement Support Group
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Reserved
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	Camp Ingersoll Bus Stop
4:35 PM - 4:40 PM	YMCA Camp Ingersoll Camp Drop Off and Pick Up
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Junior Guardians - Summer
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League (GAB)
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Tots 5:30pm-5:55pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
5:45 PM - 9:45 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth (Summer 2026) - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17). All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. Modified racquet suggested.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Softball League
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Hartwell Soccer - Summer Camp
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Glastonbury Little League
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM	Grange Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:15pm-6:40pm Grange Session 1 Ozzie says "Let's Swim by Eight"! Every child in Glastonbury should learn to swim by 8 years old. Kids are surrounded by swimming pools, lakes, rivers and other bodies of water that are used for recreation. Every child needs basic aquatic safety and swimming skills!SESSION DATES:Session 1: June 22 - July 2, 2026Session 2: July 6 - July 16, 2026Session 3: July 20 - July 30, 2026REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on March 31Session 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 2Session 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 16Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury.  A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. (Sessions 2 and 3 only, Session 1 cancellations will follow normal cancellation policy)Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Observers are welcome and must sit in the grass area.LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF THE GHS POOL FOR SUMMER 2026, ALL EVENING SWIM LESSONS WILL TAKE PLACE AT GRANGE POOL. YOU WILL NOTICE A DECREASE IN CLASS OFFERINGS THAN PRIOR SUMMERS AT GHS DUE TO PARKING LIMITATIONS OF THE FACILITY. WE APOLOGIZE FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE. NOTE: Level offerings will change for sessions 2 and 3 dependent on waiting lists and to offer levels not included in session 1.
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Square Dancing
7:00 PM - 7:50 PM	Tennis Lessons- Adult (Summer 2026) - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 1 Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for adults 18 and up. All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhand ground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 times from the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's!